Hilary Duff RARE HOT PICS! Click Here! Hilary Duff  Album: Hilary Duff    9 (of 9)     From:   Horny   (Dec 13, 2024 13:25 EST) Would love to fuck her From:   gghard   (Dec 26, 2024 22:31 EST) I want to sink my dick in her ass From:   Michael   (Dec 27, 2024 18:10 EST) lol, dont stick it in too deep, it might get stuck in her tiny ass From:   J-rome   (Dec 29, 2024 18:21 EST) Who wouldnt wanna fuck this bitches tight lil asshole??? Id like ta fuck and suck her tight wet shaved pussy and then squeeze and lick her nice soft titties. then id stuff my cock n nutz in her mouth From:   ggg   (Jan 13, 2004 11:59 EST) fucking pedophiles. she's only 16. betcha she's never even heard of vagina or penis or condoms From:   gangrene   (Jan 14, 2004 04:31 EST) with a rack like that, she's heard those words more than you have, my friend. From:   dude   (Jan 24, 2004 17:53 EST) damn, im 16, and if she would be my girlfriend, i would fuck her 24/7 From:   phhht.   (Feb 02, 2004 10:53 EST) And then she wouldn't have time to work and support your lazy ass. From:   VEST   (Feb 13, 2004 04:26 EST) COME COME NOW BOYS From:   YES   (Feb 13, 2004 04:28 EST) THOSE RAZOR BLADE EARINGS SHE'S WEARING COULD DO A NUMBER ON YOU GUY'S From:   Dam!!!!!!!!!!!!!   (Feb 14, 2004 01:57 EST) I wish that I could fuck her in the ass and in her pussy and start licking her bis soft titties. From:   e***   (Feb 15, 2004 12:03 EST) and would'nt touch her..just put her in a glas cage and look at her all night.. From:   BIG VIN   (Feb 22, 2004 13:04 EST) I WOULD STICK MY DICK IN HER MOUTH, TAKE HER BOTTLE FROM HER AND STICK THAT UP HER ASS TO. THEN AFTER ALL THAT SNIFF MY FINGURE! AAAAAAAAHAHA From:   j   (Feb 22, 2004 22:48 EST) bang her long and hard!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! From:   comming of age   (Feb 24, 2004 14:57 EST) look perverts she's a major minor. From:   Blahman   (Feb 26, 2004 00:50 EST) shut the hell up, you'd hit it too or else you wouldn't have "stumbled" upon this gallery faggot. From:   Skippy   (Feb 26, 2004 10:37 EST) i think im gonna go spank the monkey again... From:   dirtyoldFucker   (Feb 27, 2004 15:26 EST) I Just want to Cuddle with her! Yeah Right From:   whooooooooo   (Feb 28, 2004 02:52 EST) JUST LISTENING WHAT YOU GUYS HAVE TO SAY ABOUT THIS PICTURE IS FUCKING HILARIOUS!!!!!LOL From:   me   (Feb 29, 2004 18:26 EST) please..what guy wouldn't want to blow his load over those tits? From:   chester   (Mar 01, 2004 19:25 EST) a bitch want to suck my dick it is waiting for u come and get it From:   hey BLAHAM (APPROPRIET NAME)   (Mar 07, 2004 02:06 EST) YOU THINK YOUR SO SMART DUMB ASS FAGGOT- DID IT EVER OCCUR TO YOU THAT I'M HER AGE? BUT I GUESS LOSERS LIKE YOU ARE NOT TOO SMART. ISN'T THAT WHAT YOUR MOMMY ALWAY'S SAYS ABOUT YOU? From:   KEEP IT CLEAN.   (Mar 07, 2004 02:46 EST) PEDOWATCH.COM OR CYBERANGELS.ORG ARE A COUPLE OF AGENCIES THAT COULD TRACK WRITERS URL AND DISCOVER IF THEY ARE MINORS. AND KEEP THEM MONITORED. From:   DITTO   (Mar 07, 2004 03:12 EST) YOU TELL EM GUYS ## LET THEM GO COMMENT ON GALS THEIR OWN AGE , PICS, ALL OVER THIS SITE, HUNDREDS OF THEM THAT ARNT MINORS AND LEAVE THE WRITINGS ON THIS SECTION TO US TEENS. From:   go pick on somebody yuor own age losers   (Mar 07, 2004 06:35 EST) hillary has money, she wants us young teen male jocks, grandpa,s take a hike. From:   just read   (Mar 08, 2004 07:30 EST) young girl sex, is that all you can think about? From:   HEY JUST READ   (Mar 10, 2004 00:07 EST) YA YES From:   another person   (Mar 15, 2004 21:51 EST) u guys need girlfriends From:   FROM ANOTHER PERSON TO ANOTHER PERSON   (Mar 20, 2004 02:53 EST) YA ANOTHER PERSON TELL EM From:   FAVREKEV04   (Mar 20, 2004 15:12 EST) I WOULD FUCK HER SO HAR AND FOR SO LONG HER PARNETS WON'T EVEN RECINISE HER... SHE WOULD HAVE SPERM ALL OVER HER. SHE WOULD BE VERY TIRED. SHE WOUL HAVE CRAPS,AND THEN SHE WILL HAVE MY CHILDREN. THEN I WILL SAY GET SKINNY AGAIN BITCH SO I CAN FUCK YOU AGAIN From:   tj   (Mar 29, 2004 05:31 EST) force her to bend over and ram it real hard into her and untill she cries out to stop hen i will used a stungun on herfinsh off the job off by rape her From:   3nlightened   (Apr 03, 2004 06:51 EST) oh ya tj thats you fantasizing about youe mama. Ahaaa. FAGOT From:   4/4/04   (Apr 04, 2004 03:23 EDT) its good friday lets forgive and forget From:   ...   (Apr 08, 2004 12:04 EDT) im a girl and even i wish i could have a huge dick and fuck her all night long, plus, i'm not even a lesbian... From:   big   (Apr 12, 2004 16:25 EDT) I wish i could fuck and suck those big tits and blow my load on that flat sexy tummy. From:   J. Devil   (Apr 12, 2004 19:26 EDT) I would love to fuck her wet pussy, phat ass, and suck her pink tits all day long. From:   J. Devil   (Apr 13, 2004 17:26 EDT) As I read through this list, there are a lot of other people who want to fuck a girl who's just 16. But hey, I'm not complaining. She's too damn hot! From:   time warp   (Apr 14, 2004 03:15 EDT) she's -ate- teen- From:   Jody207   (Apr 14, 2004 20:37 EDT) She is Hot From:   Blah blah blah   (Apr 15, 2004 05:56 EDT) You know, you all must have no life, I home that one day you grow up and realize just how immature you were when you were young. Wait..... you'll still be dreaming of her, since thats all you seem to be able to do. Grow up! From:   asshole   (Apr 16, 2004 22:26 EDT) this guy who just wrote the last comment you are definetly a FAG FAG FAG FAG FAG FAG FAG FAG FAG FAG FAG FAG FAG FAG FAg From:   warlock   (Apr 20, 2004 08:12 EDT) i had a vision, all the guys out there who sit at home on there computers are probily acne skinny little fuck face freaks with no life no friends nothing but there stupid imaginitions about Hilary Duff ohh and they only ever will be imaginations because u see she would choose an old pus infected vomit scab b4 u From:   warlock   (Apr 20, 2004 08:14 EDT) u guys just make me feel sick to the stomache, but its ok, in the revalation of, wen armaggedon comes even we will be crying to god to forgive u and let u b free because ur punishment will be so bruetly u cant even imagine it, From:   dirtysanchez   (Apr 20, 2004 17:59 EDT) warcock...you truly are a fag...but with all this talk of minors and stuff i got thinkin and i've come to the conclusion that...i can't wait for mary kate and ashley to become legal...oooo yeaaaa From:   HOTDOG!!   (Apr 21, 2004 09:46 EDT) Um.. Pull those pants down, while ur their tear that shirt off, ill fuck u till u cry from exhastion, ill cover that smile in load From:   TO WARLOCK THE VAMPIRE   (Apr 25, 2004 00:11 EDT) WARLOCK IS A HARRASSER, HE CAN'T FIND ANYTHING TO DO WITH HIS LIFE OTHER THAN COME TO THIS SITE PASS JUDGEMENT ON OTHERS, AND DEGRADE THEM TO GET HIS SELF ESTEEM. GET A LIFE AND MIND YOUR OWN BUSINESS. From:   TO WARLOCK THE VAMPIRE   (Apr 25, 2004 00:11 EDT) WARLOCK IS A HARRASSER, HE CAN'T FIND ANYTHING TO DO WITH HIS LIFE OTHER THAN COME TO THIS SITE PASS JUDGEMENT ON OTHERS, AND DEGRADE THEM TO GET HIS SELF ESTEEM. GET A LIFE AND MIND YOUR OWN BUSINESS. From:   TO WARLOCK THE VAMPIRE   (Apr 25, 2004 00:11 EDT) WARLOCK IS A HARRASSER, HE CAN'T FIND ANYTHING TO DO WITH HIS LIFE OTHER THAN COME TO THIS SITE PASS JUDGEMENT ON OTHERS, AND DEGRADE THEM TO GET HIS SELF ESTEEM. GET A LIFE AND MIND YOUR OWN BUSINESS. From:   [email protected]   (Apr 25, 2004 07:56 EDT) Best part about this is that this girl is a total whore in real life. Just ask insiders about the gang bang she had back in March...boy does she like black dick in every hole. What a slut. From:   my opinion   (Apr 28, 2004 16:06 EDT) Hillary is able to strike poses better than anyone around. Notice the photos on this whole site of all model and actresses are the highest quality.There are many other high quality sites that feature great high resolution photo's too. But this site makes us go haywire because the beauty of the stars are so enhanced, because of the photo quality. I have not as of yet , after viewing pics, even same pics ,on other sites seen them as good as this site. From:   This Bitch Gets On My Motherfuckin Nerves Yo   (Apr 29, 2004 03:51 EDT) I hate This Bitch Hilary Douche And Her Show Lezzie McQueer From:   36-24-36   (Apr 29, 2004 19:16 EDT) DON,T YOU JUST WANT TO (BUST) RIGHT IN THERE? From:   me   (Apr 30, 2004 17:00 EDT) i wanna rip those clothes off and fuck her in every hole she has From:   hotman   (May 02, 2004 14:16 EDT) my penis is rising let my lick you. Give me oral From:   Tharivol   (May 03, 2004 17:00 EDT) All of you dumb fucks that say "oh, she's only 16...you guys are sick" are fucking whores and dont want people to know that you're probably 40 years old and jerk off to a 16 year old. Personaly if I were an old man...hot teenagers would be the one thing that kept me wanting to live. So next time you think of criticizing someone...Think it through. Jackasses From:   insectiside   (May 03, 2004 23:12 EDT) HONEY Bzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz From:   fucker   (May 04, 2004 01:06 EDT) my throbing cock wants to go up her nose! i want to touch her nice smooth slippery ribs with my feet! one day i want to stick her ear in my eye!my brother is 2 and he dreams of showering her vagina hair with herbal essences shampoo! my dog once pooed out a gooey jelll bean that was in hilary's stomache! one day i was walking and i farted like a turtle! 4 my birthday which is in 69 years i want hillary to die! shes so sexi plexi! shes going to live in my coffin with me! with my hampster! one day while flying my dick kite i realized that it would fit perfectly in hill's hair for a ponytail! on halloween i dressed my rat as hillary and i even put on the fake tities it was sexual! 1 day this guy asked to touch my tits and then i said no touch your own man tits they're big enough 4 dr. suess! 1 day some pig mistaked me as hillary and i played along then i slept with him all night long i was late 4 daycare the next day! my daycare teacher put me on a time out and i started romping the furry shag carpet in the corner! i time i was @ an amusement park and this guy was on a time out with his sister and they were going at it for sometime! did u know i have nice eyes? to mach my vagina imprinted tatoo! my nipples are peirced! some days i fart and shit accedently comes out i call it a submrine toot then it leaves skid marks on my granny pannies! one time my thong was past my bellie button and a guy told me to pull it higher it was past my ear by the time i was done i was stuck 4 a week like that then i decided to cut them off after 3 hourss in the emergency room! i got a peanut stuck in my nose once it was breathable romper! well taa taa sexy be back soon From:   the return of fucker   (May 04, 2004 01:27 EDT) hi there ladies and gents!i have a pimple on my vagina its reserved for hilaries soft smooth tongue to gnaw on it so the puss ooozes out From:   bestguy   (May 05, 2004 21:33 EDT) Hey, Hilary dont listen to these guys, they're just pathetic morons who dont know how to grow up at all, probably stay home at the computer all day long. just also wanted to say that you are a great actress, and even more of a singer, you are going to go far in this world. Plus you are very beautiful beyond words. Chris H From:   MR. NERD   (May 08, 2004 01:15 EDT) YOU BOZO'S ARE HILLARY--IOUS. From:   SECOND THOUGHT   (May 08, 2004 01:19 EDT) BESTGUY YOUR RIGHT WHEN IT COMES TO SEX JUST SAY NO. From:   mr. smart dumb   (May 08, 2004 03:01 EDT) I AGREE WITH CHRIS H.(bestguy)HILLARY IS A GREAT ACTRESS AND SINGER AND IS BEAUTIFUL. AT 17 IT,S HARD TO UNDERSTAND WHY SUCH A NICE GIRL WEARS SUCH TIGHT BRA- LESS JERSEYS, VERY SHORT SKIRTS, AND TIGHT LOW RISE JEANS. SHE DRESSES LIKE PERMISCUOUS GIRLS IN MY HIGH SCHOOL. I CONCLUDE THAT SHE DOES NOT SHOP FOR HER CLOTHES.GREEDY AGENTS AND PROMOTORS FORCE HER TO DRESS THIS WAY. SHE WOULD BE HAPPIER WEARING LONG BAGGY DRESSES IN MY ESTIMATION. SHE IS A CLONE OF THE YOUNG BRITTANY SPEARS AND CHRISTINA AGUILERA WHEN THEY WERE HER AGE. PURE AND INNOCENT. WHEN HILLARY IS IN HER 20'S SHE WILL NOT BE DOING RAUNCY VIDEO'S GYRATING HER BODY IN EXPOSING CLOTHES LIKE CHRISTINA AND BRITTANY. AND SHE WILL BEGIN TO DRESS MORE CONSERVATIVELY. HILLARY IS A VERY NICE GIRL. From:   richard charles   (May 08, 2004 16:13 EDT) id like her to suck my cock and let her ride me woohoo From:   high regards   (May 09, 2004 07:43 EDT) the fountain of youth lies in between her legs From:   SLIM HUNG DING   (May 09, 2004 19:15 EDT) NICE CHUNKIES From:   HILLARIES SIS IS 19   (May 12, 2004 07:41 EDT) HILLARY HAS A 19 YEAR OLD SISTER. HER NAME IS HAYLIE DUFF. SHE DOES HAVE HER OWN SITES TRY IMDB OR BLAZINBEAUTIES.COM SHE IS ALSO KIND OF SEXY, BUT I DONT CARE FOR HER NOSE TO BE HONEST WITH YOU. From:   Favrekev04   (May 12, 2004 15:57 EDT) who wrote that under favrekev04 above. he couldn't even spell write From:   Favrekev04   (May 12, 2004 15:57 EDT) who wrote that under favrekev04 above. he couldn't even spell write From:   Somewhat evil half jew   (May 12, 2004 17:36 EDT) Gotta unleash those tits. WOULD PUMMEL! From:   dennys   (May 15, 2004 22:08 EDT) i would put my cock in her ass then her pussy and then id cum on her tits.then id get laid.fuck ya she is damn hot From:   guess   (May 15, 2004 22:48 EDT) I just want to grop her, and fuck her. From:   I'LL GUESS   (May 16, 2004 00:30 EDT) HORNEY ? From:   espanol   (May 20, 2004 04:47 EDT) nice, A-COOK-A-RACHA From:   no offense   (May 26, 2004 06:14 EDT) wel, h.d's hot, but not that hot. the little bitch's not that deserving 4 my cock. From:   to no offense (you mean defense)   (May 28, 2004 03:09 EDT) that isn't funny From:   ajzt   (Jun 04, 2004 00:41 EDT) i hope you fags bastards and morons go to hell for what you say From:   Man...   (Jun 04, 2004 20:43 EDT) What The Fuck u guys Taliking About Man Learn How To Spell First Of All Then Get An Education Homie Then U Can Talk Crap From:   BOOBIES   (Jun 07, 2004 00:17 EDT) HER BOOBS SET OFF EVERY MAN IN THE WORLD! From:   HotDOG!!   (Jun 07, 2004 11:32 EDT) I would fuck her silly, that pussy would be so tigh and moist, i would split her ass wide open, then let her take a dump on my chest and finish it off by giving her a dirty sanchez. She would love it, dam biatch i want those titties in my hand, and ur pussy around my cock. From:   Hilarys Bigst Fan   (Jun 10, 2004 20:00 EDT) I can't belive u guys #1. She's underage #2. She wouldn't wanna screw any of you #3. You couldn't afford to handle a girl like her because 1) She LOVES From:   Hilarys Bigst Fan   (Jun 10, 2004 20:02 EDT) I can't belive u guys #1. She's underage #2. She wouldn't wanna screw any of you #3. You couldn't afford to handle a girl like her because 1) She LOVES SHOPING 2) She LOVES SHOPING and 3) She LOVES SHOPING So your all CRAZY From:   HotDOG   (Jun 18, 2004 10:47 EDT) you mean 1)She loves cock. 2)She loves cock. 3)She loves to swallow cum. 4)She loves having sex and swallowing cum in shopping centers. 5)She likes shopping. From:   ..   (Jun 22, 2004 00:16 EDT) omg she is so hot i just want to suck her nipples and then give it to her up the ass and listen to her moan and crying for me to stop but i just keep on pumping my cum into her tight ass From:   FILL IT HIGH TEST   (Jun 22, 2004 02:01 EDT) actually i want it straight up her middle. i love her. From:   she is only 16   (Jun 22, 2004 12:31 EDT) she is only 16 From:   WE LOOK BUT DONT TOUCH   (Jun 23, 2004 03:03 EDT) I KNOW HER AGE, I WOULDNT TOUCH HER, JUST DREAMING, GETTING TURNED ON. THEN SCREWING MY LEGAL AGED GIRLFRIEND. From:   World Trade Center   (Jun 28, 2004 11:48 EDT) They say there is a fire on the mall in DC as well now. Maybe we shot one down. They have evacuated the White House and the fire is in the area of the old Executive Building. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Infinite - 10:46 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PENTAGON is being evacuated!!! This is UBELIEVEABLE! Oh god, terrorists had overdone it a bit now. WTC, Pentagon, what's next? White House? Capitol? Bush was making a short statement also, as well as Ted Keneddy! ABSURD! -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I n f i n i t e est. 2 0 0 0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Anchor - 10:46 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The Pentagon is burning! i can see the smoke, very intensive smoke. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hong Kong Skyscraper & City Page http://www.angelfire.com/realm/hkskyscraper/home.html -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Anchor - 10:50 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The whole DC is now need to evacuate! That's scary. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hong Kong Skyscraper & City Page http://www.angelfire.com/realm/hkskyscraper/home.html -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • duper - 10:52 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The Pentagon explosion was a helicoptor! shit, get this, they say it was a US Army helicoptor! -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • duper - 10:54 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sorry. scratch that. they now say that it was a plane that hit the pentagon. There was a US army helicoptor at the scene, however. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Adrian - 10:54 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bush is now getting in the air aboard Air Force 1 !!! Whilst all air-traffic in the USA is GROUNDED. He is a brave man.. hope they have a full Figther escort! Geez -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- adrianmelbourneaustralia-http://webcam.omni.net.au -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • MayDay - 10:55 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- They have confirmed that American Airlines flight #11 from Boston to LA WAS hijacked. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- http://www.clevelandskyscrapers.com -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • duper - 10:56 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Well I don't think Air Force One has a security problem. With all air traffic grounded, and undoubtedly a good pilot flying airport one, I'd say he's safer there than say...in the white house. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Anchor - 10:59 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oh my god, 1 tower of WTC gone! Fuck! -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hong Kong Skyscraper & City Page http://www.angelfire.com/realm/hkskyscraper/home.html -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • MayDay - 10:59 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUCK!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! ONE OF THE TOWERS COLLAPSED!!!!!!!!!!!!!! -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- http://www.clevelandskyscrapers.com -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Tony P - 10:59 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- the whole second building has collapsed. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sydneyaustralia -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • RockHillJames - 10:59 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tower two is collapsing is what I hear now. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • duper - 11:00 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oh God, did it fall sideways onto other buildings??? -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • RockHillJames - 11:01 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- They are speculating that another explosion on the ground collapsed the building. This is absolutely horrible. This is an act of war. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Joeroop - 11:04 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I am almost crying, seriously.... Those.. I can't type anymore.... -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Member of EuroScrapers Forum http://www.hoogbouw.nl/euroforums/cgi-bin/ikonboard.cgi Join us! -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Ahmed Tahboub - 11:06 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I am shocked I swear I can't speak WAR -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Click here to see Arab city photos: Jerusalem, Amman, Doha, Damascus and many more -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • LaJollaCA - 11:06 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- i am so scared! I live in San Diego! Huge army, and navy bases here! I hope there is no war! If there is, were off to Denmark! -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lets cut to the shit--Name=Peter--city=San Diego--destination=Vancouver -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Infinite - 11:08 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- THE SOUTH TOWER IS DOWN!!! It collapsed! This is big... -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I n f i n i t e est. 2 0 0 0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Adrian - 11:08 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The top of the 1st tower looks like it has crumbled away.. my god I hope it doesnt go as well.. But the total damage may be irrepairable???????? I'll say it RIGHT now.. they must rebuild it as a statement.. dammit.. but how do you ever stop a thing like this happening again??? -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- adrianmelbourneaustralia-http://webcam.omni.net.au -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Ahmed Tahboub - 11:10 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I'm afraid to say that I think this has something to do with the Middle East. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Click here to see Arab city photos: Jerusalem, Amman, Doha, Damascus and many more -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Anchor - 11:12 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fortunately, the surrounding buildings like 7 WTC and WFC look fine and not damaged by the collasped 2 WTC. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hong Kong Skyscraper & City Page http://www.angelfire.com/realm/hkskyscraper/home.html -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Edmundo - 11:17 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I am hearing news here in Brazil that the American Congress was also hit ! Is this true ??? -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Edmundo - 11:28 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The second tower collapsed as well !!!! -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Randy Sandford - 11:28 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I posted these photos earlier in the thread in General Discussions, but apparently this is where the main discussion is going on, so I'll post them again (courtesy of msnbc.com): AND, I just heard that the second tower has collapsed also. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Randy in Birmingham Click below to visit my website, Birmingham Design http://www.geocities.com/bham_design -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Randy Sandford - 11:30 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Another hijacked plane is now heading towards Washington, DC from the south!!! -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Randy in Birmingham Click below to visit my website, Birmingham Design http://www.geocities.com/bham_design -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Infinite - 11:30 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BOTH TOWERS ARE DOWN! I'm shocked...really shocked... -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I n f i n i t e est. 2 0 0 0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Saturnfromboise - 11:32 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OH GOD BOTH OF THEM GONE GONE!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- "And those two crewmen over there? I think they're getting ready to mate." "Oh really?" "...Do you think they'll let me watch?" -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • dtoronto - 11:34 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- both buildings are gone- those were my favorite buildings. how many people work in those buildings, does anyone know? this is insane! -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • RockHillJames - 11:35 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- If that's true Randy, they should shoot it down. I hate to say that, but they should protect people on the ground, I would have to assume that the people on the plane are already dead. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Ahmed Tahboub - 11:35 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- it's like a nightmare--I feel like dreaming -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Click here to see Arab city photos: Jerusalem, Amman, Doha, Damascus and many more -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • GeekyBoy - 11:35 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50000 to 100000 probably. I doubt they'd have enough time to evac. Sick GB -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Paradise is impossible to achieve, but that is a bad excuse for not trying -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • RockHillJames - 11:35 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Over 50,000 people work in those buildings. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • dtoronto - 11:36 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- just heard a 747 is down in pennsylvania. also all internation flights are headed to canada- im staying home today. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • RockHillJames - 11:38 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A plane crashed outside of Pittsburg. Perhaps an airline pilot fought back. This is unreal. I cannot believe this. This is a high degree of coordination and complex. Canary Warf has just been evacuated in London. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • chrisaus - 11:40 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- is the whole country on allert to stay indoors ?? -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERTH, WESTERN AUSTRALIA -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • BradCKY - 11:44 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- God Help Us. This is unbelievable. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • Anchor - 11:47 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- i'm quite sure that the slab shape hotel beside WTC has also been crashed. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hong Kong Skyscraper & City Page http://www.angelfire.com/realm/hkskyscraper/home.html -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • MayDay - 11:47 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ChrisAus- all airports are closed and flights have been canceled nationwide. Even in Cleveland, they're closing Key Tower and Terminal Tower. Most major cities are taking some sort of precautions. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- http://www.clevelandskyscrapers.com -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- • RockHillJames - 11:48 pm on Sep. 11, 2001 profile - email - message - edit - IP - reply w/ quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I have a friend who is on a rapid response force for the US. I can't say anything else about what he does. He has just called me and is being activated. He would not say where. This shouldn't come as a surprise, but I thought you'd like to know. This is not a joke. From:   [email protected]   (Jun 30, 2004 00:44 EDT) I just want to meet her go from there. From:   SHE'S A LEVEL HEADED MATURE GIRL FOR HER AGE   (Jul 01, 2004 07:35 EDT) I KNOW SHE IS ONLY 16 OR 17 BUT SHE IS SHAPED AND HAS THE MATURITY AND BRAINS OF A 21 YEAR OLD.JUST LIKE LEANNE RIMES WAS AT HER AGE. SOME 21 YEAR OLDS ACT IMMATURE, AND ARE OFF THE WALL. THATS THE WAY IT IS. From:   antoine   (Jul 03, 2004 23:09 EDT) would luv too lick her ass and fuck it and get her sexy feet in my mouth From:   kd   (Jul 06, 2004 01:44 EDT) right o oh yes From:   QUESTION TO YOU GENTLEMEN JACKERS   (Jul 07, 2004 22:59 EDT) IF A GIRL GIVES A GUY A FOOT JOB OR A GUY IS HAVING ONE . IS IT CONSIDERED SEX ? IT IS NOT ORAL OR VAGINAL SEX. THAT I KNOW. BUT IS IT SEX? OR DOES IT DEPEND WHO YOU ASK ? IT IS SAFER. THAT I KNOW. I WOULD PUT CONDOMS ON MY FEET. OR DO IT WITH MY SOCKS ON AND JUST THROW THEM IN THE WASHER AFTER. PLEASE ANSWER. From:   antoine   (Jul 08, 2004 11:41 EDT) i dont think its sex but its like an act of sex so its not considered sex but like a more minor sex act From:   the final return of FUCKER   (Jul 16, 2004 01:45 EDT) yooo hill i enjoy watching yur rvolving penis that goes around the earth throbing in pain. from those fake fuck who call them self CHRIS H. those hunny suckles make me want to chew them of in one bite. some days i feel like sucking the milk out of them. i wish blood would come out to it would make me havew a nice red smile from your erected vagina. VEEG is your inner child. hope to lisen to your penis that will go up to outer space and find the right penis hole for you and your ass crack. then u fill up with shit and realese it on your nose. fuck u chris i get her this time!!! FUCKER From:   FUCKER RETURNS!!!   (Jul 16, 2004 01:52 EDT) all the words to discribe chris h: fuck hole cunt scab vagina lick veeveling vevvel fuck head farty mc farty misteer farty bum bummy butt buttox crook stealer nast ass ugly fag stoyley granny panties stocking feet bloody nose ear wacks toe jam road kill shart ( shitty fart) skid mark mommy boy saggy vagina vagina aragatang tits grey hair dog poo pee hairy veeg pimple vagina backnee arm pit hair sag sag pupics manased puubs beached whale smelly feet scabby arm pits farty toung fork blow job fork lift cunt licker snob geek cunty chicken gobler folasa rapter last but not least BIG FAT HUNK OF POO IN THE CAR DOOR HANDLE From:   FUCKER TO MR NERD   (Jul 16, 2004 02:02 EDT) hey mr nerd your a sexy beast i love u!!! From:   from FUCKER to CHRIS H   (Jul 16, 2004 02:11 EDT) u can just go suck it u granny panty skid mark. ur problbly just sum dum old fuk who has nothing better to do than sit on his farting computer and sucking his scabby flabby penis. at least we are good strong boned young fucks who do have a fartting computer and dont have scasbby and sagging flab of vaginas. and just to let u know we have saxuality unlike ur man titty that sag to the moon like orangotang breastels. go eat out and rape a dead seal cus thats all ur ever gunna get... never mind.... that vagina hole is just a littie to big 4 ur cock... go rape an inch worm. u will really enjoy the bigness of its cunt and ass hole. From:   cock sucker   (Jul 16, 2004 12:15 EDT) that bitch is so hot i wana shuv my dick up her pussy and while i'm doing that i'll be suckin her tittys off. From:   Silly Clown Man   (Jul 19, 2004 22:11 EDT) How is she possible? Those big boobies just barely being held in that brawless shirt, that big butt just stuck out and ready for a rape...those lips begging for a a penis to suck... From:   y   (Jul 19, 2004 23:16 EDT) o god hilary suck me bitch From:   a 17 yr old girl   (Jul 22, 2004 14:58 EDT) Hilary Duff is only an average looking girl, maybe even below average. she can be cute and quirky but thats it, the rest is make up and the media shoving her in ur face b/c they know that all of you are stupid enough to believe anything they throw at u. grow up and stop being low class, sleezy jerk offs. From:   To 17 year old girl   (Jul 22, 2004 22:08 EDT) I understand ur situation, u maybe even right, but that's guys (i'm not 1 of them, k?). They grow up 2 slow, and even realize what will be ahead of them. But i mean y not , she is pretty. From:   aron   (Jul 23, 2004 04:36 EDT) hey i fucked her its no big deal From:   Hitman 47   (Jul 23, 2004 07:21 EDT) Hey aron u think r really that smart? Rong website man! And evn if that would have happened, i'd get u !fucked!, look at the nickname. From:   shitman   (Jul 23, 2004 18:32 EDT) hitman, yuor just living in lala-land arent yuo, i bet yuor a fuck up just like the people who had yuo From:   hilary Duff age 16   (Jul 24, 2004 06:02 EDT) Hey Guys did ypu know that Hilary Duff is only 16 years old...... There is laws saying that if you have sex with a 16 year old you can go to jail.... You will also be called a Child mollester From:   Hitman 47   (Jul 24, 2004 06:37 EDT) aight aron we 'r good now From:   hilary dukk is in deed 16   (Jul 24, 2004 11:31 EDT) fuck yuo yuo bitch we arent child mosesters just cuz we look at picture of hott girls, and besides, bitch whore, more than half of us are still minors to, yuo worthles peice of bullshit From:   -=Chrono=-   (Jul 26, 2004 11:42 EDT) U GUYS ARE FUCKIN PEDOPHILES MAN! WHY THE FUCK ARE YOU LOOKIN AT A 16 YEAR OLD WHILE TRYIN TO JACK YOURSELF OFF WHILE FAKIN' ORGASMS U FUCKIN' MOLESTERS??!! GO TO WWW.GETALIFEYOUFUCKINPEDOS.COM TO GET A FRIEND THAT IS NOT YOUR COMPUTER.. From:   Christina Agueilra   (Jul 26, 2004 16:49 EDT) AON, Your opinion is your opinion, and that is fine by me but I don't know Penelope on a personal level and neither do you, so I don't think either one of us can say how "slutty" of a person she is. If you are going off of her movies, then I'd ask you why since it is simply acting. All we have to go off of is the way they look and the way they carry themselves in public, and the point was that Penelope Cruz does not try, (or at least go out of her way) too literally look like a whore/slut/hoe/skank whatever you want to call it. __________________ "...Life's a prison when you're in love alone..." proper bostonian PatsCelticsBruinsSoxRevs message 168 posts since Sep '02 02:27 22nd Oct '02 report post - IP # - edit - reply w/ quote Penelope Cruz is lovely I love the movie "All about my mother" Christina Aguilera acts like a cheap little hussey. Worst of all my ten year old niece listens to this trash and wants to dress like her. SHORTY PAPAL CANDIDATE! message 1300 posts since Jul '01 02:39 23rd Oct '02 report post - IP # - edit - reply w/ quote TOO FU%KIN' SKINNY!!!!!! I'd go in one end and out the other. Give me that monster assed Serena Williams any day. I want a woman who can beat the shit out of me after I bang it out of her!!!!! __________________ I HOPE YOU STILL FEEL SMALL WHEN YOU STAND BESIDE THE OCEAN!!! vincebjs Member message 429 posts since Nov '01 06:59 23rd Oct '02 report post - IP # - edit - reply w/ quote quote: -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Originally posted by PrOfOuNd_ReTaRdAtIoN This debate is BS!!! Christina is a slut and so is Britney!!! END OF STORY!!! -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Christina Aguilera is far sluttier than Britney. Britney has never worn what Christina is wearing now. When Britney wears her sexy clothes, she looks hot, but when Christina comes along wearing almost nothing, she just comes off as a skank. __________________ I love NYC! Oh yeah, NYC! EastSideHBG Don't Hate message email 1247 posts since Jul '01 15:48 23rd Oct '02 report post - IP # - edit - reply w/ quote Oh man, I have so much to say about this slut now.... Did anyone see her recent Diary episode on MTV?? At the end they show her with no make-up on, and she looks like an old hag!!!! I couldn't believe the difference, and you couldn't even recognize her. If you think she is hot, check out that episode and it will change your mind (it sure did for me). Also, did anyone read the recent Rolling Stone interview with her?? She says she doesn't date white guys and only dates guys with "flava." She said she dated one white guy, but they just aren't "bad enough for me." She then went on to basically make fun of Jennifer Love Hewitt because she dates white guys?!?!? What a racist idiot LOL. Look in the mirror you dumb bitch.... Oh yeah, she also talked about her new piercings in her "private area". She is really crashing and burning, and I predict an E! True Hollywood Story within the year From:   Zell   (Jul 27, 2004 13:58 EDT) I agree with bestguy. You guys are totally sick. Respect this talented actress!!! From:   Fuck zell   (Jul 28, 2004 12:00 EDT) Fuck zell, Fuck zell From:   jonathan   (Jul 29, 2004 02:58 EDT) all you guys are a bunch of r kellys wanting to fuck little girls From:   diddy   (Jul 30, 2004 16:23 EDT) I know where she lives!! From:   FUCK YOU ALL   (Jul 30, 2004 23:36 EDT) ALL YOU GUYS ARE LIKE R. KELLY AND MICHEAL JACKSON. MICHEAL KELLY OR R. JACKSON OR SOMETHING From:   Cunt Dumpster   (Aug 01, 2004 13:09 EDT) Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. The Segway is a new type of human transport device designed so that a person can “look, feel and act like a pedestrian,” according to its inventor, Dan Kamen. It is a complex collection of hardware and software that mimics the human body’s ability to maintain its balance. It consists of a set of large tires, tubeless and resistant to flats. Between them is a rider’s platform and chassis which contains the Segway’s self-balancing systems, a pair of circuit boards, gyroscopes and tilt sensors. The control shaft rises above the chassis and ends in the user interface and turning control. To use the machine, the user steps on the platform and leans forward. The Segway is able to detect changes in the balance of the person, and moves forwards. To stop, the user simply has to lean backwards, which is instinctive. It is virtually impossible to tip over. It was unveiled in 2002 and its present cost is just under 5000 American dollars. Kamen believes that the Segway “will be to the car what the car was to the horse and buggy,” imagining them everywhere, in parks, on battlefields and factory floors, even on the pavement. Both the Federal Express and the Department of Defense have been intrigued by the notion of using the Segway. The Post Office has been experimenting with the Segway to see if it can increase efficiency in mail delivery. The manufacters of the device are hoping that the machine will reduce pollution by decreasing the number of short car trips and increasing the use of public transportation. However, public reaction to the Segway has been mixed. The Segway has been judged too small and too slow for the road, so in order to ensure that is is allowed to move alongside pedestrians, the machine was not classified a motor vehicle or scooter. It has been termed an EPAMD, an Electric Personal Assisitive Mobility Device. Already, 36 states in America, the country where it was invented, have passed bills allowing Segways to operate on their sidewalks. In 4 other states, bills have been passed and are awaiting signature on the governors’ desks. Opponents to the Segway have expressed concern over its use on the pavement. They ask, “Will a vehicle which can travel at 16 kmph discourage others from walking, cause crashes and injuries, and be detrimental to the disabled?” Workers who have tested the Segway complain that they can’t keep warm if they’re not walking. The California council of the blind has been organizing against the Segway, saying the device is a danger to the blind community. Bob Planthold, of the Senior Action Network, said, “Think if you’re deaf, you can’t hear it coming from behind. . .if you’re blind you can’t see it coming toward you.” Bruce Lee Livingston, executive director of the Senior Action Network, says, “It will forever change our definition of the sidewalk as a safe place where people can walk and converse.” Also, as a device that reduces the need for walking, one of the healthiest activities known to man, it strikes many people as the last thing our culture needs. Senator Jarrett Barrios, who co-chairs the public safety committee, says that “sidewalks were created with the invention of the automobile, because people could no longer walk in the streets. The Segway is a motorized vehicle invading the realm of the pedestrian.” These reactions can be seen as a knee-jerk reaction to new technologies. Misconceptions and irrational fears feed negative attitudes towards new technologies and may result in their rejection by the public. From:   Micahel Jakson   (Aug 01, 2004 13:10 EDT) The former Omega Navigation Facility at Woodside is now a Naval Transmitting Station for the Royal Australian Navy. You are correct with your figure of 427m high and it is the tallest structure in Australia and also the tallest in the southern hemisphere. Construction started in 1979 and was completed in 1982 and it was the last of eight Omega stations to be built. Omega was a position indicating system which gave an accuracy of approximately two nautical miles anywhere on the earth's surface. The Australian station was owned and operated by the Australian Maritime Safety Authority which was formed from a part of the Department of Transport and Communication. Technical control and support for all eight worldwide stations came from the United States Coast Guard. In September 1997 the Omega system ceased operation as it had been superceded by the Global Positioning System. The facility at Woodside was then purchased by the RAN and has been modified to transmit data to their fleet of submarines - see http://www.navy.gov.au/8_archive/news/rel17-12-97.htm. The Australian Maritime Safety Authority continues to operate the transmitting equipment for the RAN. If you are researching tall structures in Australia I will refer you to Mr. Richard Braddisch from the Sydney City Council who has all the facts you could ever use. His telephone number is 02 9265 9360. Project: 120 Collins Street Firm: Daryl Jackson Pty Ltd in association with Hassell Architects Pty Ltd Project Team: Daryl Jackson, Tim Shannon, Brian Feldgate, Ron Billard, Jaro Safer, Lyndon Hayward, Peter Quigley, Chris Mooi, Brian Stone, Canny Doherty Client: Foxhina Pty Ltd Completion: 1991 Location: 120 Collins Street, Melbourne Melway Ref.: 1A L9 Contract Value: A$152 million Accessibility: Access to ground level foyers and public spaces. Visible from street. A skyscraper's base, middle and top are the constituent elements of its design. 120 Collins Street is a tall building, but its base is founded in the urbanism of Melbourne's grid pattern streets. The garden plaza and connecting arcades create an entrance scaled to receive and encourage human activity, while the communications tower is a symbolic representation of the technology of our time. Project: 101 Collins Street Firm: Denton Corker Marshall Pty Ltd Project Team: DCM Client: 101 Collins Street Pty Ltd Completion: 1990 Location: 101 Collins Street, Melbourne Melway Ref.: 1B M9 Contract Value: A$250 million Accessibility: Foyer open to public. Visible from street. A 53 level office building. The tower is a symmetrical square plan, stone clad volume, with centred glazed bay window elements which step out from the tower as they descend. The building is expressed as a solid stone shaft buttressed by the framing of the bay windows. The Collins Street entry and foyer were designed by another architectural practice. AProject: Shell House Firm: Harry Seidler & Associates Project Team: Harry Seidler Client: Shell Australia Pty Ltd Completion: 1988 Location: 1 Spring Street, Melbourne Melway Ref.: 1B N11 Awards: 1991 RAIA Award, Commercial Category Accessibility: Public access to foyer. Visible from street. The site overlooks open space along both corner frontages; onto parkland and the Yarra River. To maximise this advantage, the curved building form further elongates the facade so that a fine view is held from all offices. This configuration also avoids railway tunnels under the corner of the site. The service core is on the inside of the sweeping corner. A From:   Hey johnathan   (Aug 01, 2004 13:40 EDT) Fuck yuo we are mostly the same age as hilary yuo fuck head, dipshit, muthafuckin daddy fucker From:   James   (Aug 05, 2004 03:18 EDT) Ya know you are mostly pedophiles... shes 16, illegal nomatter how ya do it... dumbasses here letting off steam doesnt bother me a bit, because they ARE dumbasses, chances are too fucking retarded to even think of a way to get near her... Even if they did, take a good look at her, take a good look at the millions of bux she has, what chance... at that, do they even know what to say... IMO they are old men smokin pot, or young 13 year old boyz who havent even fully went through puberty who spend their weekends in daddy's closet with playboys! Get a fucking life, She isnt my favorite but its enough for her to carry firearms in her purse the way you wet dogs go on about her. Fuck If she was MY girlfriend id buy her a beretta 92FS for those little fuckers TRYING to sexually assault her... then id take a .45 ACP myself. As long as tehres sick bastards under these now blackened skies such a syou, nice girls like this should be armed with protection. Might just write her a letter TELLING her get a small pop gun & keep it in her purse. From:   hey james   (Aug 05, 2004 04:40 EDT) were you this nasty in high school too? you are one sicko and should be reported . Get off of drugs for your own sake. From:   Hitman 47   (Aug 08, 2004 01:04 EDT) hey James i like u man, i like guns myself, love the beretta choice!! if u got AIM , my screename is turaltunit. have u tried a deagle? oh man so powerful!! From:   Jus a dude   (Aug 08, 2004 01:05 EDT) hey diddy u kno where she lives? if u do plz rite back! From:   This is her address:   (Aug 08, 2004 09:17 EDT) WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! WANG! YOU GOT SERVED! From:   Jus a dude   (Aug 08, 2004 15:59 EDT) haha dumfuk!!!!!! From:   mmm   (Aug 09, 2004 06:08 EDT) mm thise titties are looking nice. i think hillary needs some aussie loving she should come down under and rise me like a kangaroo From:   Horny 15 Year Old Boy   (Aug 10, 2004 20:19 EDT) I'd like to put her thighs on my shoulders,carry her to a wall,and lick her pussy all night long. From:   Chris   (Aug 12, 2004 11:43 EDT) YANKEES SUCK!!! From:   Horny 15 Year Old Boy   (Aug 13, 2004 22:05 EDT) I'd love to have my tongue inside Hilary's juicy,wet little pussy and then taste her creamy,tasty juices slowly cascading down my tongue.MMMMMMM.YUM! From:   Hey dude, stick this up your ass!   (Aug 14, 2004 08:13 EDT) Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” Facing a new piece of technology often summons up a whole host of feelings: excitement, fear, anticipation, anxiety, and so on. Provide an analysis of the different attitudes people may have towards the uptake of a new technology or invention and the reason behind these mind-sets. Focus on an example in your analysis. When society is faced with a new piece of technology, it often summons up a whole host of different feelings: excitement, fear, anticipitation or anxiety. Which feeling is felt depends on the different attitudes people have towards the uptake of the new technology and their underlying mindset. Television is now widespread throughout the industrialised world. 98 percent of homes in both the United States (according to the Boston Globe http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~lcp/articles/digital_divide_commentary2.pdf) and Australia (according to The Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics: www.dcita.gov.au/ftp/pub/cru/paper1.doc) Television began not as the product of a single inventor, but a number of scientists in different countries around the world. Before 1935, and beginning in 1926, television technology was limited to mechanical, not electronic, apparatuses. The first public screening of a mechanical television device took place on January 23, 1926, by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, according to Television History (http://www.tvhistory.tv/pre-1935.htm) The device had a spinning disk with a neon lamp, producing a small, orange image slightly smaller than a business card. The following year, on April 7, 1927, Bell Telephone Labs and American Telegraph and Telephone gave a public television demonstration, transmitting pictures and sound of Herbert Hoover, the future American president, by wire, from Washington D.C to New York City. Two days later, the Indianopolis Star (http://www.tvhistory.tv/1927-APR-9-Indianapolis-Star-TV-REPORT.JPG) reported on this demonstration, and the article gives a glimpse of what attitudes the writer had on this new form of technology. He called television “a scientific dream ever since the telephone was perfected” and “[as] fully equal [in importance] to the telephone, telegraph and radio.” Interestingly, the writer states that in fact, the public seemed to have a lacklustre response to the demonstration. He laments that, “The American mind has lost its ability to be amazed by the successive marvels of modern science.” He says that the developments of the airplane and numerous electrical wonders of the present century have led to acceptance of similar achievements as “an almost routine part of the progressive age in which we live.” To further understand this mindset, it is worthwhile looking on the society of the 1920s, particularly in the United States. About 2 decades earlier, the Wright brothers in North Carolina had succeeded in the first ever controlled and sustained flight. Regular commercial flights between London and Paris began in 1919. The first 2 decades of the 20th Century were filled with exploration and discoveries. In 1909 Robert Peary became the first man to reach the North Pole, and Roald Amundsen reached the South Pole in 1911. The tomb of Tutankhamun was discovered in 1922 and Penicllium notatum, the bacteria used to make Penicillin, was discovered in 1928. The growing pace of scientific advances were beginning to affect the lives of ordinary people. In the 1950s, television was introduced in Australia. The Australian Broadcasting Commision had been created in 1932 to raise the educational and cultural levels of the public, according to Kinloch. (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/ncas/resources/conferences/40years/V-Kinloch.shtml) In the mid-1950s, television was viewed by many educators and community leaders as a threat to education. Educators in both countries decided that the new technology was not going to be sheer entertainment. The President of the American Council of Education declared that “Educational television is a great and powerful force of social unity – a means of building a new community in which people have the opportunity more fully to understand, to be informed, to come to sound decisions in the national and in the free world’s interests.” From:   fuck   (Aug 15, 2004 09:08 EDT) fuck man, that's a long essay. But I don't see any mention of Duff's muff. From:   Fulgore   (Aug 15, 2004 13:17 EDT) man u fuking assholes quit riting such long speeches man, this is a website remember? not a library! DUMFUKS!! From:   THE PERSON WHO WRITES ESSAY'S ON THIS SITE NEEDS GLASSES   (Aug 16, 2004 09:10 EDT) THIS IS A H. DUFF SITE From:   THE PERSON WHO WRITES ESSAY'S ON THIS SITE NEEDS GLASSES   (Aug 16, 2004 09:10 EDT) THIS IS A H. DUFF SITE From:   THE PERSON WHO WRITES ESSAY'S ON THIS SITE NEEDS GLASSES   (Aug 16, 2004 09:10 EDT) THIS IS A H. DUFF SITE From:   THE PERSON WHO WRITES ESSAY'S ON THIS SITE NEEDS GLASSES   (Aug 16, 2004 09:10 EDT) THIS IS A H. DUFF SITE From:   THE PERSON WHO WRITES ESSAY'S ON THIS SITE NEEDS GLASSES   (Aug 16, 2004 09:10 EDT) THIS IS A H. DUFF SITE From:   WARNING   (Aug 18, 2004 03:02 EDT) A COMMENTOR ON THE KEIRA KNIGHTLEY PAGES HAS BEEN THREATENING TO MURDER COMMENTORS From:   WARNING   (Aug 18, 2004 03:02 EDT) A COMMENTOR ON THE KEIRA KNIGHTLEY PAGES HAS BEEN THREATENING TO MURDER COMMENTORS From:   WARNING   (Aug 18, 2004 03:02 EDT) A COMMENTOR ON THE KEIRA KNIGHTLEY PAGES HAS BEEN THREATENING TO MURDER COMMENTORS From:   WARNING   (Aug 18, 2004 03:02 EDT) A COMMENTOR ON THE KEIRA KNIGHTLEY PAGES HAS BEEN THREATENING TO MURDER COMMENTORS From:   WARNING   (Aug 18, 2004 03:02 EDT) A COMMENTOR ON THE KEIRA KNIGHTLEY PAGES HAS BEEN THREATENING TO MURDER COMMENTORS From:   WARNING   (Aug 18, 2004 03:02 EDT) A COMMENTOR ON THE KEIRA KNIGHTLEY PAGES HAS BEEN THREATENING TO MURDER COMMENTORS From:   WARNING   (Aug 18, 2004 03:02 EDT) A COMMENTOR ON THE KEIRA KNIGHTLEY PAGES HAS BEEN THREATENING TO MURDER COMMENTORS From:   WARNING   (Aug 18, 2004 03:02 EDT) A COMMENTOR ON THE KEIRA KNIGHTLEY PAGES HAS BEEN THREATENING TO MURDER COMMENTORS From:   WARNING   (Aug 18, 2004 03:02 EDT) A COMMENTOR ON THE KEIRA KNIGHTLEY PAGES HAS BEEN THREATENING TO MURDER COMMENTORS From:   WARNING   (Aug 18, 2004 03:02 EDT) A COMMENTOR ON THE KEIRA KNIGHTLEY PAGES HAS BEEN THREATENING TO MURDER COMMENTORS From:   WARNING   (Aug 18, 2004 03:02 EDT) A COMMENTOR ON THE KEIRA KNIGHTLEY PAGES HAS BEEN THREATENING TO MURDER COMMENTORS From:   WARNING   (Aug 18, 2004 03:02 EDT) A COMMENTOR ON THE KEIRA KNIGHTLEY PAGES HAS BEEN THREATENING TO MURDER COMMENTORS From:   Hitman 47   (Aug 18, 2004 07:06 EDT) haha now that's more like IT!!! good luck bro! From:   Hitman 47   (Aug 18, 2004 07:07 EDT) i'll do anything to protect that young ladie's life! after i am a hitman, but i don kill EVRY1, but it'be nice to have a partner though. From:   Horny 15 Year Old Boy   (Aug 18, 2004 23:24 EDT) Everyday at 5:30 I tune into the disney channel and tape "Lizzie Mcguire".Then later on that night,I pause the episode at just the right moments,like when the camera's on her ass and then I get horny and start whacking off like hell.And my mom still thinks I tape "Lizzie Mcguire" just for laughs...NOW THAT'S FUNNY!!! From:   Jus a Dude   (Aug 19, 2004 06:50 EDT) hey man u r really FUNNY! i want to talk to u some more, if u want. my msn is [email protected]. If u have AOL, i'll have it fixed by the end of week. Ye man Hilary is nice, but i wouldnt do exactly what u would do, dude no offense. hehe man u funny From:   Horny 15 Year Old Boy   (Aug 19, 2004 23:31 EDT) Hey "Jus a Dude",I have full internet access but I don't have email,let me explain,my mom told one of my neighbors that I was gonna get the internet and they had a way that my computer could pick up their internet signal and it's called "Netgear",it's just like an antenna,and it's as long as your index finger,and it's legal and it's free.If you want to you can let me know when you're gonna come to this site and if I can find time between doing nothing and more nothing we can talk right here.P.S. i'm glad someone thinks i'm funny.Incase there's any misunderstanding,I really am a horny 15 year old boy. From:   Horny 15 Year Old Boy   (Aug 19, 2004 23:32 EDT) Hey "Jus a Dude",I have full internet access but I don't have email,let me explain,my mom told one of my neighbors that I was gonna get the internet and they had a way that my computer could pick up their internet signal and it's called "Netgear",it's just like an antenna,and it's as long as your index finger,and it's legal and it's free.If you want to you can let me know when you're gonna come to this site and if I can find time between doing nothing and more nothing we can talk right here.P.S. i'm glad someone thinks i'm funny.Incase there's any misunderstanding,I really am a horny 15 year old boy. From:   Jus a Dude   (Aug 20, 2004 07:05 EDT) yE ok man no problem, just keep riting on this site u get things straightened out. u can't be always horny!! From:   SHE HAS NICE HILLS, PEAKS, AND VALLEYS.   (Aug 23, 2004 01:30 EDT) SO TIT- ALATING From:   GaYme   (Aug 23, 2004 03:51 EDT) visit www.smarkschoice.com , bitch. From:   aliass   (Aug 23, 2004 13:03 EDT) go fuck yourselves you gayass dickheads. From:   aliass   (Aug 23, 2004 13:06 EDT) man you all have smoked yourselves retarded From:   slade   (Aug 23, 2004 13:08 EDT) hey babe lets have sex for hours we will fuck the day through. From:   NUMBER #2 ALKA SELTZER   (Aug 23, 2004 21:18 EDT) PLOP ! ! PLOP ! ! FIZZ ###### FIZZ ######## OH WHAT A RELIEF IT IS. OH the Gas. Prrrrrrrrrrrrrrr FArttzzzzzzz AH ! ! Prrrrrrrrrrrrr ! ! Nice! ! ! From:   fucker is back in action   (Aug 27, 2004 19:38 EDT) hello u romping valvas who keep telling us that this awsome granny girl u call hillary is 16 we dont care shes a sexy moma i wanna romp her up her elbow i love her hairy arm pits and i agree with all those wammping willys who say they want to sex her whell i think every one who wants to sex her shoulde all have a 1000sum and all go at her ok by for now ill return From:   Raac   (Aug 27, 2004 19:47 EDT) i would grab her from behind and dry hump her for a while.. then take her clothes off n lick each inch of her body... and of course stick my cock deep in herrrrrrrrr From:   y   (Sep 02, 2004 12:52 EDT) i want to fuck her from behind and in her pussy lick her tits and blow my load on her face From:   Justin99   (Sep 03, 2004 17:02 EDT) God its fuckin hilarious when u guys make sick comments and all these chicks come on here and say how disgusting u guys r From:   guy   (Sep 03, 2004 22:59 EDT) i would put her in a cage nude and cun on her face and let it drop down too her breast and fucker her though the bars of the cage From:   lilo   (Sep 05, 2004 21:36 EDT) anyone wanna meet for sum casual fucking...i havnt in AGES...i need some excitement!! put ure e-mail here From:   Hornyguy   (Sep 09, 2004 17:10 EDT) my dick would go in and never come out From:   Hilaryrox   (Sep 10, 2004 20:56 EDT) i want to lock her in my room and have her be my sex slave From:   hilarystits   (Sep 11, 2004 00:18 EDT) nice tits want to grab From:   Hitman 47   (Sep 11, 2004 07:11 EDT) Hop away, if u can reach, u lil 13 year old prick! From:   [email protected]   (Sep 13, 2004 22:04 EDT) people come on dont talk about all of this stuff From:   horny17yrold   (Sep 15, 2004 21:41 EDT) her tits and ass look a lot like my sisters.... From:   Cinder   (Sep 17, 2004 17:02 EDT) hahahahaha.....no From:   ....   (Sep 19, 2004 22:07 EDT) You guys are all pricks... Stop masturbating, and get a real life, Hilary is beautiful, but you fuckers need to stop talking about them like they're sluts, FUCKERS. From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:24 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:24 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:24 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:24 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:24 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:24 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:25 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:25 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:25 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:25 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:25 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:25 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:25 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:25 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:25 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:25 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:25 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:25 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:25 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:26 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   KNIT WIT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:27 EDT) NICE SWEATER From:   BUSY BODY   (Sep 22, 2004 08:30 EDT) JOINED THE ROTARY CLUB. SO BUSY. MUCH TO DO. HILARY IS A NICE FINE GIRL. From:   BUSY BODY   (Sep 22, 2004 08:30 EDT) JOINED THE ROTARY CLUB. SO BUSY. MUCH TO DO. HILARY IS A NICE FINE GIRL. From:   BUSY BODY   (Sep 22, 2004 08:30 EDT) JOINED THE ROTARY CLUB. SO BUSY. MUCH TO DO. HILARY IS A NICE FINE GIRL. From:   BUSY BODY   (Sep 22, 2004 08:30 EDT) JOINED THE ROTARY CLUB. SO BUSY. MUCH TO DO. HILARY IS A NICE FINE GIRL. From:   BUSY BODY   (Sep 22, 2004 08:30 EDT) JOINED THE ROTARY CLUB. SO BUSY. MUCH TO DO. HILARY IS A NICE FINE GIRL. From:   BUSY BODY   (Sep 22, 2004 08:30 EDT) JOINED THE ROTARY CLUB. SO BUSY. MUCH TO DO. HILARY IS A NICE FINE GIRL. From:   BUSY BODY   (Sep 22, 2004 08:30 EDT) JOINED THE ROTARY CLUB. SO BUSY. MUCH TO DO. HILARY IS A NICE FINE GIRL. From:   BUSY BODY   (Sep 22, 2004 08:30 EDT) JOINED THE ROTARY CLUB. SO BUSY. MUCH TO DO. HILARY IS A NICE FINE GIRL. From:   BUSY BODY   (Sep 22, 2004 08:30 EDT) JOINED THE ROTARY CLUB. SO BUSY. MUCH TO DO. HILARY IS A NICE FINE GIRL. From:   BUSY BODY   (Sep 22, 2004 08:30 EDT) JOINED THE ROTARY CLUB. SO BUSY. MUCH TO DO. HILARY IS A NICE FINE GIRL. From:   www.tailortanker.org   (Sep 22, 2004 08:35 EDT) nice sweater, built to perfection. the key is to make a streatchable material, label it a bigger size, (for justification) and the fit will be like a tight glove, allowing for a sexy tight sex appeal. From:   www.tailortanker.org   (Sep 22, 2004 08:35 EDT) nice sweater, built to perfection. the key is to make a streatchable material, label it a bigger size, (for justification) and the fit will be like a tight glove, allowing for a sexy tight sex appeal. From:   www.tailortanker.org   (Sep 22, 2004 08:35 EDT) nice sweater, built to perfection. the key is to make a streatchable material, label it a bigger size, (for justification) and the fit will be like a tight glove, allowing for a sexy tight sex appeal. From:   www.tailortanker.org   (Sep 22, 2004 08:35 EDT) nice sweater, built to perfection. the key is to make a streatchable material, label it a bigger size, (for justification) and the fit will be like a tight glove, allowing for a sexy tight sex appeal. From:   www.tailortanker.org   (Sep 22, 2004 08:35 EDT) nice sweater, built to perfection. the key is to make a streatchable material, label it a bigger size, (for justification) and the fit will be like a tight glove, allowing for a sexy tight sex appeal. From:   www.tailortanker.org   (Sep 22, 2004 08:35 EDT) nice sweater, built to perfection. the key is to make a streatchable material, label it a bigger size, (for justification) and the fit will be like a tight glove, allowing for a sexy tight sex appeal. From:   www.tailortanker.org   (Sep 22, 2004 08:35 EDT) nice sweater, built to perfection. the key is to make a streatchable material, label it a bigger size, (for justification) and the fit will be like a tight glove, allowing for a sexy tight sex appeal. From:   www.tailortanker.org   (Sep 22, 2004 08:35 EDT) nice sweater, built to perfection. the key is to make a streatchable material, label it a bigger size, (for justification) and the fit will be like a tight glove, allowing for a sexy tight sex appeal. From:   www.tailortanker.org   (Sep 22, 2004 08:36 EDT) nice sweater, built to perfection. the key is to make a streatchable material, label it a bigger size, (for justification) and the fit will be like a tight glove, allowing for a sexy tight sex appeal. From:   www.tailortanker.org   (Sep 22, 2004 08:36 EDT) nice sweater, built to perfection. the key is to make a streatchable material, label it a bigger size, (for justification) and the fit will be like a tight glove, allowing for a sexy tight sex appeal. From:   www.tailortanker.org   (Sep 22, 2004 08:36 EDT) nice sweater, built to perfection. the key is to make a streatchable material, label it a bigger size, (for justification) and the fit will be like a tight glove, allowing for a sexy tight sex appeal. From:   James E. Cooke III   (Sep 22, 2004 08:40 EDT) Ladies and Gentlemen reading is a useful pass time. Education is enlightening and mind developing. It is a useful and interesting way to learn. From:   MUSIC NUT   (Sep 22, 2004 08:44 EDT) I ENJOY OPERA MUSIC THE BEST , ALSO CLASSICAL MUSIC, MAN OF LAMANCHA, ALSO A LITTLE JAZZ MUSIC, BUT CLASSICAL IS TOPS. From:   fucker is awake and ready   (Sep 22, 2004 23:00 EDT) hello u fucking funny asses horney 15 year old boy and jus a dude i think u guys are the best thing since granny pantys distored the world i wan to romp u guys up and eat u in side out. like a pizza pop. i love hill i want here farts to be locked up in a bottal and open the lid to get pleasure then close it again. From:   BEN DOVER " rarin " to go   (Oct 01, 2004 04:16 EDT) . From:   young rucka   (Oct 02, 2004 01:14 EDT) hilary bum From:   dasd   (Oct 03, 2004 16:49 EDT) nice From:   asdf   (Oct 04, 2004 11:59 EDT) Id love to shoot a hot load all across that face!! From:   chickadee   (Oct 08, 2004 01:10 EDT) whos better looking her or lindsay lohan From:   Liam   (Oct 08, 2004 09:39 EDT) Fuckin Lindsay Lohan is hella hotter! From:   go to GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET IT WILL TAKE OVER A YEAR TO SEE ALL THE PICS,SOME LOSER HAS BEEN GIVING HER 0 PIC RATINGS NEED YOUR HELP TO GIVE HER 5 RATING   (Oct 08, 2004 16:35 EDT) . From:   .   (Oct 08, 2004 16:39 EDT) LINDSAY L. IS NOT BETTER LOOKING THA H. DUFF.NO WAY JOSE. ALL L. LOHAN HAS IS SEXY (real, real, Sexy FEET.) AND ALWAYS WEARS SOME KIND OF OPEN SHOE TO SHOW THEM. From:   Ray   (Oct 09, 2004 01:48 EDT) check out her tits defenitly would like to fuck her count From:   HER FEET ARE A SEXY TRAIT, AND THE REST OF HER IS A N EXTRA BONEASS   (Oct 09, 2004 04:18 EDT) . From:   jack4jill   (Oct 09, 2004 08:27 EDT) gonna squirt a big load to those tits this morning! From:   Tifoso   (Oct 09, 2004 17:43 EDT) Hey, Hilary dont listen to these guys, they're just pathetic morons who dont know how to grow up at all, probably stay home at the computer all day long. just also wanted to say that you are a great actress, and even more of a singer, you are going to go far in this world. Plus you are very beautiful beyond words. Chris H... Yes, I agree... a friend told me about this site and when i found out what it was, i was appalled. i'm 16 and know her personally, you have no idea who she is and have no right to tell lies about her. As for you writing your "fantasies" about her... go ahead, do it. It's sad, but hey. Oh, I bet she'd have a good laugh about this shit. Well... peace! From:   RussianHitman47   (Oct 10, 2004 09:39 EDT) hahahahaha....sweet! u guys r fucked!! hahaha From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics   (Oct 10, 2004 16:49 EDT) IT WILL TAKE A YEAR TO LOOK AND RATE ALL THE HILARY DUFF PICTURES AT ------- GALLERY.HILARY-DUFF.NET about a million pics From:   hitman5-7   (Oct 28, 2004 19:54 EDT) You guys are all fucking pervs!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!1!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!Screw you all!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!Fucking bastards!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!Go suck a dildo you f-ing prick.!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!and you're mama too!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!She does have a nice rack though!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!But you're all still perverts!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! From:   [email protected]   (Nov 04, 2004 17:30 EST) wana spent a night with her in her bed From:   captain dildo   (Nov 10, 2004 19:47 EST) man i cum all over her tits and face and i wanna her to suck my dick for hours while i suck her pussy then i will stick my cock up her asswhile putting my hand up her pussy then i will give her a 5 hour long frencher then we will sleep huggin nude while shes holding my cock and im holding her pussy then we will take a shower in my cum. From:   aliass   (Nov 10, 2004 19:53 EST) look at this fucking little prick captain dildo this bitch is fucking gay why dont you go do that to your mama damn fool you dont see me going up to my girl ayla and doin that hell no you gay lesbians seriously stop smoking crack hoar. From:   captain dildo   (Nov 10, 2004 19:56 EST) i should fuck you hilary and hitman 5-7 and you can suck my pussy and if you get tired of that i will tear it off and you can suck my dick From:   aliass   (Nov 10, 2004 19:57 EST) oh hell know you a fuckin gay ass bitch From:   captain dildo   (Nov 10, 2004 19:59 EST) i cant have sex right now im playin with myself and jackin off in front of hils pic. From:   aliass   (Nov 10, 2004 20:00 EST) go to hell you sick perv From:   captain dildo   (Nov 10, 2004 20:01 EST) ok see you thier From:   aliass   (Nov 10, 2004 20:07 EST) ass pickin gerbil blowin goat screwin mother fuckin bitch! From:     (Nov 23, 2004 13:28 EST) you guy's get a life From:     (Nov 23, 2004 13:28 EST) you guy's get a life From:     (Nov 23, 2004 13:28 EST) you guy's get a life From:     (Nov 23, 2004 13:28 EST) you guy's get a life From:     (Nov 23, 2004 13:28 EST) you guy's get a life From:     (Nov 23, 2004 13:28 EST) you guy's get a life From:     (Nov 23, 2004 13:28 EST) you guy's get a life From:     (Nov 23, 2004 13:28 EST) you guy's get a life From:     (Nov 23, 2004 13:28 EST) you guy's get a life From:   aliass   (Nov 23, 2004 22:13 EST) shut-up you prick. From:   aliass   (Nov 23, 2004 22:14 EST) bitch you probaly fuck your mama up and the street. From:   captain dildo   (Nov 23, 2004 22:15 EST) oh shove a dildo up my ass. From:   aliass   (Nov 23, 2004 22:16 EST) your ass again i swear fool if you domt shut-the-fuck-up im going to have to smoke myself. From:   captain dildo   (Nov 23, 2004 22:18 EST) i bet you have a creamy little pussy. From:   aliass   (Nov 23, 2004 22:18 EST) thats it motherfucker. From:   captian dildo   (Nov 23, 2004 22:19 EST) i want you to strip for me so badly. From:   aliass   (Nov 23, 2004 22:27 EST) actually if you strip for me i'll have sex with you heres my adress 4451 gatewaypark blvd. in sacramento,california my # is 419-8145 and if people by the name of ophiela or alexa answer they some people that hang out at my house so see ya soon. From:   captain dildo   (Nov 23, 2004 22:28 EST) oh yah im give you an oral for hours From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   WHOEVER PISSED OFF ALIASS YA BABY , WAY TO GO !   (Nov 23, 2004 23:20 EST) PISS EM OFF , MAKE IT SEETH ! YA !PISS HIM OFF REAL REAL GOOD ! GOOD, WE WILL ENJOY ! HEY ALIASS GET A LIFE. From:   break balls   (Nov 26, 2004 06:03 EST) the who can piss off the next guy the most site From:   .   (Nov 28, 2004 05:46 EST) where did the nitwits go who try to out do each other to make the biggest fool of themselves ? From:   nice cum toes   (Nov 30, 2004 16:54 EST) nice cum toes! Sing this song, doo dah, doo dah, nice cum toes, suck it good, oh dah doo dah day yet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter with faith and love in ur heart the gods and goddesses shall answer ur prayersyet if u enter From:   I CAN SEE THIS SITE HAS STRESSED YOU OUT AND GOTTEN TO YOU, GIVE IT A BREAK IT IS UNHEALTHY, GET A LIFE.   (Dec 01, 2004 00:32 EST) . From:   aliass   (Dec 01, 2004 19:46 EST) hey dickwads yall are fuckin stuipid ass pricks first captain dildo you realy think i would give out that kind of info on the internet hell no stuipid you probaly fuck your mama. and the bitch who thinks im pissed go jack off with yourself and hey com toes go back to shoving a dildo up your ass ok yall are a bunch of overobsessed little pricks. From:   penis enlarger   (Dec 01, 2004 19:51 EST) im going to give hilary a 2 foot long cock and we can have cock wars then ill break hers off and drink all the cream out of her pussy then i will give her my cock and she can use it as her personal sex toy and then she hump me up a tree and she can rape me. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   GOTCHA   (Dec 02, 2004 16:01 EST) PISS OFF THAT aliASS , YAAAAAAA,GOT HIM. SO NICE. TO GET HIS GOAT. From:   Hitman 5-7   (Dec 02, 2004 21:07 EST) Hey Ryan, Whazz Up!!!!!!!!! From:   aliass   (Dec 02, 2004 21:13 EST) dont use use my fuckin real name. From:   captain dildo   (Dec 02, 2004 21:17 EST) ohh ryan you sound like you have some big tits for me to suck oh yaeh baby hump me up a tree. From:   aliass   (Dec 02, 2004 21:18 EST) dont you fuckin do any thing but go on this site you raggety ass moterfucker.seriously go screw a goat. From:   captain dildo   (Dec 02, 2004 21:20 EST) oh yeah i go wstrippin and jack off to pics of hilary duff. oh aliass my penis is rising please lick it. i love you so much From:   aliass   (Dec 02, 2004 21:22 EST) you got to be kidding my ass you know what go jack off wit some body else.BITCH!!!! From:   Andreas   (Dec 03, 2004 13:28 EST) you piss ers your back entertaining us, where have you been you idiots ? From:   hitman5-7   (Dec 03, 2004 20:41 EST) I didnt steal your fuc*ing name you dumb ass bas*ard! Go suck a hairy dildo with you're lesbian ass prick of a mother(fuc*er) From:   Hitman5-7   (Dec 03, 2004 20:43 EST) Hey Cap. Dildo, go suck you're momma's tits you bastard, Ryan is a BOY!!!!!!!!!!!! From:   mildsauce   (Dec 04, 2004 10:59 EST) break balls bust " em " From:   Lawrence   (Dec 04, 2004 20:27 EST) isn't it so stupid how huge and wide these pages are when the pic is small? you shouldn't have 4, 5, 6, screen widths! From:   horny lad   (Dec 05, 2004 17:23 EST) ohhhhh man...she is sexy, nice rack. I would sooo love it if she kicked my nuts with her nice sexy legs and we had some S&M baby. Oh yeah! From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   WELCOME LADIES AND GENTLEMEN (HARDLY)   (Dec 07, 2004 06:24 EST) TO THE SITE OF LONELY SELF INDULGENT JIZZ MAKERS WITH PISS POOR ATTITUDES WHO MUST DEGRADE THERE FELLOW MAN TO RIPOFF AND STEAL SELF ESTEEM THAT DOES NOT EXIST FROM WITHIN THEM. THIS SITE I TELL YOU MUST BE ENJOYED TO THE FULLEST AS WE READ THE LOWELY SCUM VULTURIZING FOR SCRUMBS OFF EACH OTHER, AND CONTRIBUTE WE MUST TO PERPETUATE THERE CONTUNUED VULTURIZATION OF EACH OTHER. AND WE WILL ENJOY. WE WILL ENJOY. (poem by unknown auther.) From:   ? ? ? ?   (Dec 09, 2004 00:28 EST) where have you jizz maker's gone ? we want to be entertained by yous fools making idiots of yourselves debasing each other. when your horny again youll be back. From:   juggalo rider bitch   (Dec 11, 2004 17:11 EST) I want to squize thouse tits so hard they pop then fuck her so long and hard she'll have bruses From:   Tom Collett   (Dec 11, 2004 22:22 EST) ......MY DOG NAMED SEX...... Everybody I know who has a dog usually calls him "Rover" or "Spot". I call mine Sex. Now, Sex has been very embarrassing to me. When I went to the City Hall to renew the dog's license, I told the clerk that I would like a license for Sex. He said, "I would like to have one too!" Then I said, "But she is a dog!" He said he didn't care what she looked like. I said, "You don't understand... I have had Sex since I was nine years old." He replied, "You must have been quite a strong boy." When I decided to get married, I told the minister that I would like to have Sex at the wedding. He told me to wait until after the wedding was over. I said, "But Sex has played a big part in my life and my whole world revolves around Sex." He said he didn't want to hear about my personal life and would not marry us in his church. I told him everyone would enjoy having Sex at the wedding. The next day we were married at the Justice of the Peace. My family is barred from the church from then on. When my wife and I went on our honeymoon, I took the dog with me. When we checked into the motel, I told the clerk that I wanted a room for me and my wife and a special room for Sex. He said "The bedroom is the most appropriate room for sex." I said, "Not in the bedroom, Sex keeps me awake at night!" The clerk said, "Me too!" One day I entered Sex in a contest. But before the competition began, the dog ran away. Another contestant asked me why I was just looking around. I told him that I was going to have Sex in the contest. He said that I should have sold my own tickets. "You don't understand," I said, "I just want to have Sex on TV." He called me a show off. When my wife and I separated, we went to court to fight for custody of the dog. I said, "Your Honor, I had Sex before we were even married but Sex left me." The Judge said, "Me too!" Last night Sex ran off again. I spent hours looking all over for her. A cop came over and asked me what I was doing in the alley at 4 o'clock in the morning. I said, "I'm looking for Sex." - My case comes up next Thursday. Well now I've been thrown in jail, been divorced and had more damn troubles with that dog than I ever foresaw. Why just the other day when I went for my first session with the psychiatrist, he asked me, "What seems to be the trouble?" I replied, "Sex has been my best friend all my life but now sex has left me. I've been so lonely ever since." and the doctor said, "Look mister, you should understand that sex isn't a man's best friend so you should get yourself a dog." From:   SATERDAY NIGHT LONELY JIZZ MAKERS ARE COMMENTING   (Dec 12, 2004 01:56 EST) TOLD YA KNEW IT. WELCOME BACK SOLO ARTISTS. From:   SATERDAY NIGHT LONELY JIZZ MAKERS ARE COMMENTING   (Dec 12, 2004 01:56 EST) TOLD YA KNEW IT. WELCOME BACK SOLO ARTISTS. From:   SATERDAY NIGHT LONELY JIZZ MAKERS ARE COMMENTING   (Dec 12, 2004 01:57 EST) TOLD YA KNEW IT. WELCOME BACK SOLO ARTISTS. From:   SATERDAY NIGHT LONELY JIZZ MAKERS ARE COMMENTING   (Dec 12, 2004 01:57 EST) TOLD YA KNEW IT. WELCOME BACK SOLO ARTISTS. From:   SATERDAY NIGHT LONELY JIZZ MAKERS ARE COMMENTING   (Dec 12, 2004 01:57 EST) TOLD YA KNEW IT. WELCOME BACK SOLO ARTISTS. From:   SATERDAY NIGHT LONELY JIZZ MAKERS ARE COMMENTING   (Dec 12, 2004 01:58 EST) TOLD YA ! KNEW YOU'D BE BACK. WELCOME BACK SOLO ARTISTS. From:   I WON THE BET   (Dec 12, 2004 02:02 EST) MY GIRLFRIEND AND I BETTED YOU LONELY JIZZ MAKERS WOULD NOT COMMENT THIS SATERDAY NIGHT BUT I KNEW BETTER. P.S. SHE WAS NEW TO THIS SITE SO MAYBE IT WASN'T FAIR. YOU POOR LONELY WRIST EXERCIZERS From:   I WON THE BET   (Dec 12, 2004 02:02 EST) MY GIRLFRIEND AND I BETTED YOU LONELY JIZZ MAKERS WOULD NOT COMMENT THIS SATERDAY NIGHT BUT I KNEW BETTER. P.S. SHE WAS NEW TO THIS SITE SO MAYBE IT WASN'T FAIR. YOU POOR LONELY WRIST EXERCIZERS From:   I WON THE BET   (Dec 12, 2004 02:02 EST) MY GIRLFRIEND AND I BETTED YOU LONELY JIZZ MAKERS WOULD NOT COMMENT THIS SATERDAY NIGHT BUT I KNEW BETTER. P.S. SHE WAS NEW TO THIS SITE SO MAYBE IT WASN'T FAIR. YOU POOR LONELY WRIST EXERCIZERS From:   I WON THE BET   (Dec 12, 2004 02:02 EST) MY GIRLFRIEND AND I BETTED YOU LONELY JIZZ MAKERS WOULD NOT COMMENT THIS SATERDAY NIGHT BUT I KNEW BETTER. P.S. SHE WAS NEW TO THIS SITE SO MAYBE IT WASN'T FAIR. YOU POOR LONELY WRIST EXERCIZERS From:   I WON THE BET   (Dec 12, 2004 02:02 EST) MY GIRLFRIEND AND I BETTED YOU LONELY JIZZ MAKERS WOULD NOT COMMENT THIS SATERDAY NIGHT BUT I KNEW BETTER. P.S. SHE WAS NEW TO THIS SITE SO MAYBE IT WASN'T FAIR. YOU POOR LONELY WRIST EXERCIZERS From:   I WON THE BET   (Dec 12, 2004 02:02 EST) MY GIRLFRIEND AND I BETTED YOU LONELY JIZZ MAKERS WOULD NOT COMMENT THIS SATERDAY NIGHT BUT I KNEW BETTER. P.S. SHE WAS NEW TO THIS SITE SO MAYBE IT WASN'T FAIR. YOU POOR LONELY WRIST EXERCIZERS From:   I WON THE BET   (Dec 12, 2004 02:02 EST) MY GIRLFRIEND AND I BETTED YOU LONELY JIZZ MAKERS WOULD NOT COMMENT THIS SATERDAY NIGHT BUT I KNEW BETTER. P.S. SHE WAS NEW TO THIS SITE SO MAYBE IT WASN'T FAIR. YOU POOR LONELY WRIST EXERCIZERS From:   YOU JIZZERS RELIEVE YOURSELVES YET ?   (Dec 12, 2004 07:01 EST) FEEL BETTER, MAKE SURE YOU DO THE RIGHT THING AND CLEAN IT ALL UP NOW , EVERY LAST BIT. [add comment] Hilary Duff SEXY pictures! Only at Mr. Skin! 9 (of 9)      Album: Hilary Duff